Michael R Sweet
17 years ago
parent
775bb19cf5
commit
d26b6e7eb1
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="NotationConventions.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="OtherReferences.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_3">Abbreviations</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual:</P> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT>Gb</DT> |
||||
<DD>Gigabytes, or 1073741824 bytes |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT>kb</DT> |
||||
<DD>Kilobytes, or 1024 bytes |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT>Mb</DT> |
||||
<DD>Megabytes, or 1048576 bytes |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT>UTF-8, UTF-16</DT> |
||||
<DD>Unicode Transformation Format, 8-bit or 16-bit |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT>W3C</DT> |
||||
<DD>World Wide Web Consortium |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT>XML</DT> |
||||
<DD>Extensible Markup Language |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 12 --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LegalStuff.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="INSTALL"><IMG align="right" alt="1" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="1.gif" width="100"></A>Building, Installing, and |
||||
Packaging Mini-XML</H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter describes how to build, install, and package Mini-XML on |
||||
your system from the source archive. You will need an ANSI/ISO-C |
||||
compatible compiler to build Mini-XML - GCC works, as do most vendors' |
||||
C compilers. If you are building Mini-XML on Windows, we recommend |
||||
using the Visual C++ environment with the supplied solution file. For |
||||
other operating systems, you'll need a POSIX-compatible shell and <TT> |
||||
make</TT> program in addition to the C compiler.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CustomDataTypes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FormattedText.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_4">Changing Node Values</A></H2> |
||||
<P>All of the examples so far have concentrated on creating and loading |
||||
new XML data nodes. Many applications, however, need to manipulate or |
||||
change the nodes during their operation, so Mini-XML provides functions |
||||
to change node values safely and without leaking memory.</P> |
||||
<P>Existing nodes can be changed using the <A href="mxmlSetElement.html#mxmlSetElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetElement()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSetInteger.html#mxmlSetInteger"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetInteger()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSetOpaque.html#mxmlSetOpaque"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetOpaque()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSetReal.html#mxmlSetReal"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetReal()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSetText.html#mxmlSetText"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetText()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlSetTextf.html#mxmlSetTextf"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetTextf()</TT></A> functions. For example, use the following |
||||
function call to change a text node to contain the text "new" with |
||||
leading whitespace:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; |
||||
|
||||
mxmlSetText(node, 1, "new"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="TheBasics1.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="TitlesSectionsandIntroductions.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TitlesSectionsandIntroductions.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="5_2">Commenting Your Code</A></H2> |
||||
<P>As noted previously, <TT>mxmldoc</TT> looks for in-line comments to |
||||
describe the functions, types, and constants in your code. <TT>Mxmldoc</TT> |
||||
will document all public names it finds in your source files - any |
||||
names starting with the underscore character (_) or names that are |
||||
documented with the <A HREF="#ATDIRECTIVES">@private@</A> directive are |
||||
treated as private and are undocumented.</P> |
||||
<P>Comments appearing directly before a function or type definition are |
||||
used to document that function or type. Comments appearing after |
||||
argument, definition, return type, or variable declarations are used to |
||||
document that argument, definition, return type, or variable. For |
||||
example, the following code excerpt defines a key/value structure and a |
||||
function that creates a new instance of that structure:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* A key/value pair. This is used with the |
||||
dictionary structure. */ |
||||
|
||||
struct keyval |
||||
{ |
||||
char *key; /* Key string */ |
||||
char *val; /* Value string */ |
||||
}; |
||||
|
||||
/* Create a new key/value pair. */ |
||||
|
||||
struct keyval * /* New key/value pair */ |
||||
new_keyval( |
||||
const char *key, /* Key string */ |
||||
const char *val) /* Value string */ |
||||
{ |
||||
... |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P><TT>Mxmldoc</TT> also knows to remove extra asterisks (*) from the |
||||
comment string, so the comment string:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* |
||||
* Compute the value of PI. |
||||
* |
||||
* The function connects to an Internet server |
||||
* that streams audio of mathematical monks |
||||
* chanting the first 100 digits of PI. |
||||
*/ |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>will be shown as:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
Compute the value of PI. |
||||
|
||||
The function connects to an Internet server |
||||
that streams audio of mathematical monks |
||||
chanting the first 100 digits of PI. |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P><A name="ATDIRECTIVES">Comments</A> can also include the following |
||||
special <TT>@name ...@</TT> directive strings:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><TT>@deprecated@</TT> - flags the item as deprecated to discourage |
||||
its use</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>@private@</TT> - flags the item as private so it will not be |
||||
included in the documentation</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>@since ...@</TT> - flags the item as new since a particular |
||||
release. The text following the <TT>@since</TT> up to the closing <TT>@</TT> |
||||
is highlighted in the generated documentation, e.g. <TT>@since CUPS |
||||
1.3@</TT>.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TitlesSectionsandIntroductions.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CompilingwithVisualC.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithVisualC.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="2_1">Compiling Mini-XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML comes with both an autoconf-based configure script and a |
||||
Visual C++ solution that can be used to compile the library and |
||||
associated tools.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithVisualC.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CompilingwithVisualC.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithVisualC.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="2_1_2">Compiling with Command-Line Tools</A></H3> |
||||
<P>Type the following command to configure the Mini-XML source code for |
||||
your system:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>./configure ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The default install prefix is<VAR> /usr/local</VAR>, which can be |
||||
overridden using the <KBD>--prefix</KBD> option:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>./configure --prefix=/foo ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Other configure options can be found using the <KBD>--help</KBD> |
||||
option:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>./configure --help ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Once you have configured the software, use the <TT>make(1)</TT> |
||||
program to do the build and run the test program to verify that things |
||||
are working, as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>make ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithVisualC.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CompilingwithCommandLineTools.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithCommandLineTools.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="2_1_1">Compiling with Visual C++</A></H3> |
||||
<P>Open the<VAR> mxml.sln</VAR> solution in the<VAR> vcnet</VAR> folder. |
||||
Choose the desired build configuration, "Debug" (the default) or |
||||
"Release", and then choose<VAR> Build Solution</VAR> from the<VAR> |
||||
Build</VAR> menu.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithCommandLineTools.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LibraryReference.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Enumerations.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LibraryReference.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2 class="title"><A NAME="8_1">Contents</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="Enumerations.html#ENUMERATIONS">Enumerations</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Functions.html#FUNCTIONS">Functions</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Structures.html#STRUCTURES">Structures</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Types.html#TYPES">Types</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Unions.html#UNIONS">Unions</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LibraryReference.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="SavingXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="3_5_1">Controlling Line Wrapping</A></H3> |
||||
<P>When saving XML documents, Mini-XML normally wraps output lines at |
||||
column 75 so that the text is readable in terminal windows. The <A href="MiniXML23mxmlSetWrapMargin.html#mxmlSetWrapMargin"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetWrapMargin</TT></A> function overrides the default wrap |
||||
margin:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* Set the margin to 132 columns */ |
||||
mxmlSetWrapMargin(132); |
||||
|
||||
/* Disable wrapping */ |
||||
mxmlSetWrapMargin(0); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE--> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="2_3">Creating Mini-XML Packages</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML includes two files that can be used to create binary |
||||
packages. The first file is<VAR> mxml.spec</VAR> which is used by the <TT> |
||||
rpmbuild(8)</TT> software to create Red Hat Package Manager ("RPM") |
||||
packages which are commonly used on Linux. Since <TT>rpmbuild</TT> |
||||
wants to compile the software on its own, you can provide it with the |
||||
Mini-XML tar file to build the package:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>rpmbuild -ta mxml-<I>version</I>.tar.gz ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The second file is<VAR> mxml.list</VAR> which is used by the <TT> |
||||
epm(1)</TT> program to create software packages in a variety of formats. |
||||
The <TT>epm</TT> program is available from the following URL:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="http://www.easysw.com/epm/">http://www.easysw.com/epm/</A> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Use the <TT>make</TT> command with the <KBD>epm</KBD> target to |
||||
create portable and native packages for your system:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>make epm ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The packages are stored in a subdirectory named<VAR> dist</VAR> for |
||||
your convenience. The portable packages utilize scripts and tar files |
||||
to install the software on the target system. After extracting the |
||||
package archive, use the<VAR> mxml.install</VAR> script to install the |
||||
software.</P> |
||||
<P>The native packages will be in the local OS's native format: RPM for |
||||
Red Hat Linux, DPKG for Debian Linux, PKG for Solaris, and so forth. |
||||
Use the corresponding commands to install the native packages.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Nodes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LoadingXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_3">Creating XML Documents</A></H2> |
||||
<P>You can create and update XML documents in memory using the various <TT> |
||||
mxmlNew</TT> functions. The following code will create the XML document |
||||
described in the previous section:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *xml; /* <?xml ... ?> */ |
||||
mxml_node_t *data; /* <data> */ |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; /* <node> */ |
||||
mxml_node_t *group; /* <group> */ |
||||
|
||||
xml = mxmlNewXML("1.0"); |
||||
|
||||
data = mxmlNewElement(xml, "data"); |
||||
|
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(data, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val1"); |
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(data, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val2"); |
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(data, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val3"); |
||||
|
||||
group = mxmlNewElement(data, "group"); |
||||
|
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(group, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val4"); |
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(group, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val5"); |
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(group, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val6"); |
||||
|
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(data, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val7"); |
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(data, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val8"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>We start by creating the <TT><?xml version="1.0"?></TT> node common |
||||
to all XML files using the <A href="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html#mxmlNewXML"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlNewXML</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
xml = mxmlNewXML("1.0"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>We then create the <TT><data></TT> node used for this document using |
||||
the <A href="mxmlNewElement.html#mxmlNewElement"><TT>mxmlNewElement</TT> |
||||
</A> function. The first argument specifies the parent node (<TT>xml</TT> |
||||
) while the second specifies the element name (<TT>data</TT>):</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
data = mxmlNewElement(xml, "data"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Each <TT><node>...</node></TT> in the file is created using the <TT> |
||||
mxmlNewElement</TT> and <A href="mxmlNewText.html#mxmlNewText"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewText</TT></A> functions. The first argument of <TT>mxmlNewText</TT> |
||||
specifies the parent node (<TT>node</TT>). The second argument |
||||
specifies whether whitespace appears before the text - 0 or false in |
||||
this case. The last argument specifies the actual text to add:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
node = mxmlNewElement(data, "node"); |
||||
mxmlNewText(node, 0, "val1"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The resulting in-memory XML document can then be saved or processed |
||||
just like one loaded from disk or a string.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="SaveCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_3">Custom Data Types</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML supports custom data types via global load and save |
||||
callbacks. Only a single set of callbacks can be active at any time, |
||||
however your callbacks can store additional information in order to |
||||
support multiple custom data types as needed. The <TT>MXML_CUSTOM</TT> |
||||
node type identifies custom data nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The load callback receives a pointer to the current data node and a |
||||
string of opaque character data from the XML source with character |
||||
entities converted to the corresponding UTF-8 characters. For example, |
||||
if we wanted to support a custom date/time type whose value is encoded |
||||
as "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ" (ISO format), the load callback would look |
||||
like the following:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
typedef struct |
||||
{ |
||||
unsigned year, /* Year */ |
||||
month, /* Month */ |
||||
day, /* Day */ |
||||
hour, /* Hour */ |
||||
minute, /* Minute */ |
||||
second; /* Second */ |
||||
time_t unix; /* UNIX time */ |
||||
} iso_date_time_t; |
||||
|
||||
int |
||||
load_custom(mxml_node_t *node, |
||||
const char *data) |
||||
{ |
||||
iso_date_time_t *dt; |
||||
struct tm tmdata; |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Allocate data structure... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
dt = calloc(1, sizeof(iso_date_time_t)); |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Try reading 6 unsigned integers from the |
||||
* data string... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (sscanf(data, "%u-%u-%uT%u:%u:%uZ", |
||||
&(dt->year), &(dt->month), |
||||
&(dt->day), &(dt->hour), |
||||
&(dt->minute), |
||||
&(dt->second)) != 6) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Unable to read numbers, free the data |
||||
* structure and return an error... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
free(dt); |
||||
|
||||
return (-1); |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Range check values... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (dt->month <1 || dt->month > 12 || |
||||
dt->day <1 || dt->day > 31 || |
||||
dt->hour <0 || dt->hour > 23 || |
||||
dt->minute <0 || dt->minute > 59 || |
||||
dt->second <0 || dt->second > 59) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Date information is out of range... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
free(dt); |
||||
|
||||
return (-1); |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Convert ISO time to UNIX time in |
||||
* seconds... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
tmdata.tm_year = dt->year - 1900; |
||||
tmdata.tm_mon = dt->month - 1; |
||||
tmdata.tm_day = dt->day; |
||||
tmdata.tm_hour = dt->hour; |
||||
tmdata.tm_min = dt->minute; |
||||
tmdata.tm_sec = dt->second; |
||||
|
||||
dt->unix = gmtime(&tmdata); |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Assign custom node data and destroy |
||||
* function pointers... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
node->value.custom.data = dt; |
||||
node->value.custom.destroy = free; |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Return with no errors... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
return (0); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The function itself can return 0 on success or -1 if it is unable to |
||||
decode the custom data or the data contains an error. Custom data nodes |
||||
contain a <TT>void</TT> pointer to the allocated custom data for the |
||||
node and a pointer to a destructor function which will free the custom |
||||
data when the node is deleted.</P> |
||||
<P>The save callback receives the node pointer and returns an allocated |
||||
string containing the custom data value. The following save callback |
||||
could be used for our ISO date/time type:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char * |
||||
save_custom(mxml_node_t *node) |
||||
{ |
||||
char data[255]; |
||||
iso_date_time_t *dt; |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dt = (iso_date_time_t *)node->custom.data; |
||||
|
||||
snprintf(data, sizeof(data), |
||||
"%04u-%02u-%02uT%02u:%02u:%02uZ", |
||||
dt->year, dt->month, dt->day, |
||||
dt->hour, dt->minute, dt->second); |
||||
|
||||
return (strdup(data)); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>You register the callback functions using the <A href="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html#mxmlSetCustomHandlers"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetCustomHandlers()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxmlSetCustomHandlers(<B>load_custom</B>, |
||||
<B>save_custom</B>); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 20 --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Contents.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlsaxevente.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlsaxevente.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2 class="title"><A name="ENUMERATIONS">Enumerations</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlsaxevente.html#mxml_sax_event_e"><TT>mxml_sax_event_e</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmltypee.html#mxml_type_e"><TT>mxml_type_e</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlsaxevente.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ControllingLineWrapping.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ControllingLineWrapping.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_6">Finding and Iterating Nodes</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlWalkPrev.html#mxmlWalkPrev"><TT>mxmlWalkPrev</TT></A> |
||||
and <A href="mxmlWalkNext.html#mxmlWalkNext"><TT>mxmlWalkNext</TT></A> |
||||
functions can be used to iterate through the XML node tree:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; |
||||
|
||||
node = mxmlWalkPrev(current, tree, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
node = mxmlWalkNext(current, tree, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>In addition, you can find a named element/node using the <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlFindElement</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; |
||||
|
||||
node = mxmlFindElement(tree, tree, "name", |
||||
"attr", "value", |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <TT>name</TT>, <TT>attr</TT>, and <TT>value</TT> arguments can be |
||||
passed as <TT>NULL</TT> to act as wildcards, e.g.:</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 4 --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* Find the first "a" element */ |
||||
node = mxmlFindElement(tree, tree, "a", |
||||
NULL, NULL, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 5 --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* Find the first "a" element with "href" |
||||
attribute */ |
||||
node = mxmlFindElement(tree, tree, "a", |
||||
"href", NULL, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 6 --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* Find the first "a" element with "href" |
||||
to a URL */ |
||||
node = mxmlFindElement(tree, tree, "a", |
||||
"href", |
||||
"http://www.easysw.com/", |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 5 --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* Find the first element with a "src" |
||||
attribute */ |
||||
node = mxmlFindElement(tree, tree, NULL, |
||||
"src", NULL, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 5 --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* Find the first element with a "src" |
||||
= "foo.jpg" */ |
||||
node = mxmlFindElement(tree, tree, NULL, |
||||
"src", "foo.jpg", |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>You can also iterate with the same function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; |
||||
|
||||
for (node = mxmlFindElement(tree, tree, |
||||
"name", |
||||
NULL, NULL, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
node != NULL; |
||||
node = mxmlFindElement(node, tree, |
||||
"name", |
||||
NULL, NULL, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND)) |
||||
{ |
||||
... do something ... |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<P>The <TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> argument can actually be one of three |
||||
constants:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_NO_DESCEND</TT> means to not to look at any child nodes in |
||||
the element hierarchy, just look at siblings at the same level or |
||||
parent nodes until the top node or top-of-tree is reached. |
||||
<P>The previous node from "group" would be the "node" element to the |
||||
left, while the next node from "group" would be the "node" element to |
||||
the right. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></P> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TT> means that it is OK to descend to the |
||||
first child of a node, but not to descend further when searching. |
||||
You'll normally use this when iterating through direct children of a |
||||
parent node, e.g. all of the "node" and "group" elements under the |
||||
"?xml" parent node in the example above. |
||||
<P>This mode is only applicable to the search function; the walk |
||||
functions treat this as <TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> since every call is a |
||||
first time. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></P> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> means to keep descending until you hit the |
||||
bottom of the tree. The previous node from "group" would be the "val3" |
||||
node and the next node would be the first node element under "group". |
||||
<P>If you were to walk from the root node "?xml" to the end of the tree |
||||
with <TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT>, the order would be:</P> |
||||
<P><TT>?xml data node val1 node val2 node val3 group node val4 node val5 |
||||
node val6 node val7 node val8</TT></P> |
||||
<P>If you started at "val8" and walked using <TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT>, |
||||
the order would be reversed, ending at "?xml".</P> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ControllingLineWrapping.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Indexing.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_5">Formatted Text</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf"><TT>mxmlNewTextf()</TT></A> |
||||
and <A href="mxmlSetTextf.html#mxmlSetTextf"><TT>mxmlSetTextf()</TT></A> |
||||
functions create and change text nodes, respectively, using <TT>printf</TT> |
||||
-style format strings and arguments. For example, use the following |
||||
function call to create a new text node containing a constructed |
||||
filename:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; |
||||
|
||||
node = mxmlNewTextf(node, 1, "%s/%s", |
||||
path, filename); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmltypee.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlAdd.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2 class="title"><A name="FUNCTIONS">Functions</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlAdd.html#mxmlAdd"><TT>mxmlAdd()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlDelete.html#mxmlDelete"><TT>mxmlDelete()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlElementGetAttr.html#mxmlElementGetAttr"><TT> |
||||
mxmlElementGetAttr()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlElementSetAttr.html#mxmlElementSetAttr"><TT> |
||||
mxmlElementSetAttr()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html#mxmlElementSetAttrf"><TT> |
||||
mxmlElementSetAttrf()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html#mxmlEntityAddCallback"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityAddCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityGetName.html#mxmlEntityGetName"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityGetName()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityGetValue.html#mxmlEntityGetValue"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityGetValue()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html#mxmlEntityRemoveCallback"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityRemoveCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement"><TT>mxmlFindElement()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexDelete.html#mxmlIndexDelete"><TT>mxmlIndexDelete()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"><TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"><TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexNew.html#mxmlIndexNew"><TT>mxmlIndexNew()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset"><TT>mxmlIndexReset()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadFd.html#mxmlLoadFd"><TT>mxmlLoadFd()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"><TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"><TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html#mxmlNewCDATA"><TT>mxmlNewCDATA()</TT> |
||||
</A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html#mxmlNewCustom"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewCustom()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewElement.html#mxmlNewElement"><TT>mxmlNewElement()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewInteger.html#mxmlNewInteger"><TT>mxmlNewInteger()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewOpaque.html#mxmlNewOpaque"><TT>mxmlNewOpaque()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewReal.html#mxmlNewReal"><TT>mxmlNewReal()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewText.html#mxmlNewText"><TT>mxmlNewText()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf"><TT>mxmlNewTextf()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html#mxmlNewXML"><TT>mxmlNewXML()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html#mxmlRelease"><TT>mxmlRelease()</TT> |
||||
</A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlRemove.html#mxmlRemove"><TT>mxmlRemove()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html#mxmlRetain"><TT>mxmlRetain()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html#mxmlSAXLoadFd"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSAXLoadFd()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html#mxmlSAXLoadFile"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSAXLoadFile()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html#mxmlSAXLoadString"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSAXLoadString()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveFd.html#mxmlSaveFd"><TT>mxmlSaveFd()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"><TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"><TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlSetCDATA.html#mxmlSetCDATA"><TT>mxmlSetCDATA()</TT> |
||||
</A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML21mxmlSetCustom.html#mxmlSetCustom"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetCustom()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html#mxmlSetCustomHandlers"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetCustomHandlers()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetElement.html#mxmlSetElement"><TT>mxmlSetElement()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html#mxmlSetErrorCallback"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetErrorCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetInteger.html#mxmlSetInteger"><TT>mxmlSetInteger()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetOpaque.html#mxmlSetOpaque"><TT>mxmlSetOpaque()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetReal.html#mxmlSetReal"><TT>mxmlSetReal()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetText.html#mxmlSetText"><TT>mxmlSetText()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetTextf.html#mxmlSetTextf"><TT>mxmlSetTextf()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML23mxmlSetWrapMargin.html#mxmlSetWrapMargin"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetWrapMargin()</TT></A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlWalkNext.html#mxmlWalkNext"><TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlWalkPrev.html#mxmlWalkPrev"><TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="TheBasics.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="BASICS"><IMG align="right" alt="2" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="2.gif" width="100"></A>Getting Started with Mini-XML</H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter describes how to write programs that use Mini-XML to |
||||
access data in an XML file. Mini-XML provides the following |
||||
functionality:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Functions for creating and managing XML documents in memory.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Reading of UTF-8 and UTF-16 encoded XML files and strings.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Writing of UTF-8 encoded XML files and strings.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Support for arbitrary element names, attributes, and attribute |
||||
values with no preset limits, just available memory.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Support for integer, real, opaque ("cdata"), and text data types in |
||||
"leaf" nodes.</LI> |
||||
<LI>"Find", "index", and "walk" functions for easily accessing data in |
||||
an XML document.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML doesn't do validation or other types of processing on the |
||||
data based upon schema files or other sources of definition |
||||
information, nor does it support character entities other than those |
||||
required by the XML specification.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FormattedText.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="SAXStreamLoadingofDocuments.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SAXStreamLoadingofDocuments.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_6">Indexing</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML provides functions for managing indices of nodes. The |
||||
current implementation provides the same functionality as <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlFindElement()</TT></A>. The advantage of using an index is that |
||||
searching and enumeration of elements is significantly faster. The only |
||||
disadvantage is that each index is a static snapshot of the XML |
||||
document, so indices are not well suited to XML data that is updated |
||||
more often than it is searched. The overhead of creating an index is |
||||
approximately equal to walking the XML document tree. Nodes in the |
||||
index are sorted by element name and attribute value.</P> |
||||
<P>Indices are stored in <A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t"><TT> |
||||
mxml_index_t</TT></A> structures. The <A href="mxmlIndexNew.html#mxmlIndexNew"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexNew()</TT></A> function creates a new index:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *tree; |
||||
mxml_index_t *ind; |
||||
|
||||
ind = mxmlIndexNew(tree, "element", |
||||
"attribute"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first argument is the XML node tree to index. Normally this will |
||||
be a pointer to the <TT>?xml</TT> element.</P> |
||||
<P>The second argument contains the element to index; passing <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||
indexes all element nodes alphabetically.</P> |
||||
<P>The third argument contains the attribute to index; passing <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||
causes only the element name to be indexed.</P> |
||||
<P>Once the index is created, the <A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexReset()</TT></A> functions are used to access the nodes in |
||||
the index. The <A href="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset"><TT> |
||||
mxmlIndexReset()</TT></A> function resets the "current" node pointer in |
||||
the index, allowing you to do new searches and enumerations on the same |
||||
index. Typically you will call this function prior to your calls to <A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT></A> and <A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT></A>.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"><TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT> |
||||
</A> function enumerates each of the nodes in the index and can be used |
||||
in a loop as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; |
||||
|
||||
mxmlIndexReset(ind); |
||||
|
||||
while ((node = mxmlIndexEnum(ind)) != NULL) |
||||
{ |
||||
// do something with node |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"><TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT> |
||||
</A> function locates the next occurrence of the named element and |
||||
attribute value in the index. It can be used to find all matching |
||||
elements in an index, as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *node; |
||||
|
||||
mxmlIndexReset(ind); |
||||
|
||||
while ((node = mxmlIndexFind(ind, "element", |
||||
"attr-value")) |
||||
!= NULL) |
||||
{ |
||||
// do something with node |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The second and third arguments represent the element name and |
||||
attribute value, respectively. A <TT>NULL</TT> pointer is used to |
||||
return all elements or attributes in the index. Passing <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||
for both the element name and attribute value is equivalent to calling <TT> |
||||
mxmlIndexEnum</TT>.</P> |
||||
<P>When you are done using the index, delete it using the <A href="#mxmlIndexDelete()"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexDelete()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxmlIndexDelete(ind); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SAXStreamLoadingofDocuments.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CompilingwithCommandLineTools.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithCommandLineTools.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="2_2">Installing Mini-XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>If you are using Visual C++, copy the<VAR> mxml.lib</VAR> and and<VAR> |
||||
mxml.h</VAR> files to the Visual C++<VAR> lib</VAR> and<VAR> include<VAR> |
||||
directories, respectively.</VAR></VAR></P> |
||||
<P>Otherwise, use the <TT>make</TT> command with the <KBD>install</KBD> |
||||
target to install Mini-XML in the configured directories:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>make install ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingwithCommandLineTools.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="INTRO"><IMG align="right" alt="0" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="0.gif" width="100"></A>Introduction</H1> |
||||
<P>This programmers manual describes Mini-XML version 2.3, a small XML |
||||
parsing library that you can use to read and write XML data files in |
||||
your C and C++ applications.</P> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML was initially developed for the <A href="http://gutenprint.sf.net/"> |
||||
Gutenprint</A> project to replace the rather large and unwieldy <TT> |
||||
libxml2</TT> library with something substantially smaller and |
||||
easier-to-use. It all began one morning in June of 2003 when Robert |
||||
posted the following sentence to the developer's list:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE><EM>It's bad enough that we require libxml2, but rolling our |
||||
own XML parser is a bit more than we can handle.</EM></BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P>I then replied with:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE><EM>Given the limited scope of what you use in XML, it |
||||
should be trivial to code a mini-XML API in a few hundred lines of |
||||
code.</EM></BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P>I took my own challenge and coded furiously for two days to produced |
||||
the initial public release of Mini-XML, total lines of code: 696. |
||||
Robert promptly integrated Mini-XML into Gutenprint and removed |
||||
libxml2.</P> |
||||
<P>Thanks to lots of feedback and support from various developers, |
||||
Mini-XML has evolved since then to provide a more complete XML |
||||
implementation and now stands at a whopping 3,441 lines of code, |
||||
compared to 103,893 lines of code for libxml2 version 2.6.9.</P> |
||||
<P>Aside from Gutenprint, Mini-XML is used for the following |
||||
projects/software applications:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://www.cups.org/">Common UNIX Printing System</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://www.cups.org/ddk/">CUPS Driver Development Kit</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://www.easysw.com/printpro/">ESP Print Pro</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://zynaddsubfx.sourceforge.net">ZynAddSubFX</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>Please email me (mxml @ easysw . com) if you would like your project |
||||
added or removed from this list, or if you have any comments/quotes you |
||||
would like me to publish about your experiences with Mini-XML.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="OtherReferences.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_5">Legal Stuff</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The Mini-XML library is copyright 2003-2007 by Michael Sweet.</P> |
||||
<P>This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||
it under the terms of the <A href="MiniXMLLicense.html#LICENSE">GNU |
||||
Library General Public License</A> as published by the Free Software |
||||
Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any |
||||
later version.</P> |
||||
<P>This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but |
||||
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
||||
Library General Public License for more details.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ReleaseNotes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Contents.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ReleaseNotes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="REFERENCE"><IMG align="right" alt="C" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="C.gif" width="100"></A>Library Reference</H1> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ReleaseNotes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="SaveCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="LOAD_CALLBACKS">Load Callbacks</A></H2> |
||||
<P><A href="#LOAD_XML">Chapter 2</A> introduced the <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A> and <A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT></A> functions. The last argument to these |
||||
functions is a callback function which is used to determine the value |
||||
type of each data node in an XML document.</P> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML defines several standard callbacks for simple XML data |
||||
files:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain |
||||
whitespace-separated integers.</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain opaque |
||||
strings ("CDATA").</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_REAL_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain |
||||
whitespace-separated floating-point numbers.</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain |
||||
whitespace-separated strings.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>You can provide your own callback functions for more complex XML |
||||
documents. Your callback function will receive a pointer to the current |
||||
element node and must return the value type of the immediate children |
||||
for that element node: <TT>MXML_INTEGER</TT>, <TT>MXML_OPAQUE</TT>, <TT> |
||||
MXML_REAL</TT>, or <TT>MXML_TEXT</TT>. The function is called<I> after</I> |
||||
the element and its attributes have been read, so you can look at the |
||||
element name, attributes, and attribute values to determine the proper |
||||
value type to return.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 2in --> |
||||
<P>The following callback function looks for an attribute named "type" |
||||
or the element name to determine the value type for its child nodes:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_type_t |
||||
type_cb(mxml_node_t *node) |
||||
{ |
||||
const char *type; |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* You can lookup attributes and/or use the |
||||
* element name, hierarchy, etc... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
type = mxmlElementGetAttr(node, "type"); |
||||
if (type == NULL) |
||||
type = node->value.element.name; |
||||
|
||||
if (!strcmp(type, "integer")) |
||||
return (MXML_INTEGER); |
||||
else if (!strcmp(type, "opaque")) |
||||
return (MXML_OPAQUE); |
||||
else if (!strcmp(type, "real")) |
||||
return (MXML_REAL); |
||||
else |
||||
return (MXML_TEXT); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>To use this callback function, simply use the name when you call any |
||||
of the load functions:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
mxml_node_t *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "r"); |
||||
tree = mxmlLoadFile(NULL, fp, <B>type_cb</B>); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CreatingXMLDocuments.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="SavingXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingXMLDocuments.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_4">Loading XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>You load an XML file using the <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlLoadFile</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
mxml_node_t *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "r"); |
||||
tree = mxmlLoadFile(NULL, fp, |
||||
MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first argument specifies an existing XML parent node, if any. |
||||
Normally you will pass <TT>NULL</TT> for this argument unless you are |
||||
combining multiple XML sources. The XML file must contain a complete |
||||
XML document including the <TT>?xml</TT> element if the parent node is <TT> |
||||
NULL</TT>.</P> |
||||
<P>The second argument specifies the stdio file to read from, as opened |
||||
by <TT>fopen()</TT> or <TT>popen()</TT>. You can also use <TT>stdin</TT> |
||||
if you are implementing an XML filter program.</P> |
||||
<P>The third argument specifies a callback function which returns the |
||||
value type of the immediate children for a new element node: <TT> |
||||
MXML_CUSTOM</TT>, <TT>MXML_IGNORE</TT>, <TT>MXML_INTEGER</TT>, <TT> |
||||
MXML_OPAQUE</TT>, <TT>MXML_REAL</TT>, or <TT>MXML_TEXT</TT>. Load |
||||
callbacks are described in detail in <A href="LoadCallbacks.html#LOAD_CALLBACKS"> |
||||
Chapter 3</A>. The example code uses the <TT>MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK</TT> |
||||
constant which specifies that all data nodes in the document contain |
||||
whitespace-separated text values. Other standard callbacks include <TT> |
||||
MXML_IGNORE_CALLBACK</TT>, <TT>MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK</TT>, <TT> |
||||
MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK</TT>, and <TT>MXML_REAL_CALLBACK</TT>.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"><TT>mxmlLoadString</TT> |
||||
</A> function loads XML node trees from a string:</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char buffer[8192]; |
||||
mxml_node_t *tree; |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
tree = mxmlLoadString(NULL, buffer, |
||||
MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first and third arguments are the same as used for <TT> |
||||
mxmlLoadFile()</TT>. The second argument specifies the string or |
||||
character buffer to load and must be a complete XML document including |
||||
the <TT>?xml</TT> element if the parent node is <TT>NULL</TT>.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingXMLDocuments.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewElement.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_20"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 <A name="mxmlNewCustom">mxmlNewCustom()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new custom data node.</P> |
||||
<P>The new custom node is added to the end of the specified parent's |
||||
child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the |
||||
new element node has no parent. NULL can be passed when the data in the |
||||
node is not dynamically allocated or is separately managed.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewCustom( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* parent, void * data, <A href="mxmlcustomdestroycbt.html#mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t</A> destroy);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>data</TT></TD><TD>Pointer to data</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>destroy</TT></TD><TD>Function to destroy data</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSetCDATA.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSetCDATA.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_39"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 <A name="mxmlSetCustom">mxmlSetCustom()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the data and destructor of a custom data node.</P> |
||||
<P>The node is not changed if it is not a custom node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>int |
||||
<BR> mxmlSetCustom( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* node, void * data, <A href="mxmlcustomdestroycbt.html#mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t</A> destroy);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>data</TT></TD><TD>New data pointer</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>destroy</TT></TD><TD>New destructor function</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSetCDATA.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlattrs.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlelements.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlelements.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_4_2"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 <A name="mxml_custom_s">mxml_custom_s</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>An XML custom value.</P> |
||||
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>struct mxml_custom_s |
||||
<BR> { |
||||
<BR> void * data; |
||||
<BR> <A href="mxmlcustomdestroycbt.html#mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t</A> destroy; |
||||
<BR> };</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Members</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" summary="Members" width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>data</TT></TD><TD>Pointer to (allocated) custom data</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>destroy</TT></TD><TD>Pointer to destructor function</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlelements.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlcustomsavecbt.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlelementt.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlcustomsavecbt.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlelementt.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_5_5"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 <A name="mxml_custom_t">mxml_custom_t</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>An XML custom value.</P> |
||||
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>typedef struct <A href="MiniXML21mxmlcustoms.html#mxml_custom_s"> |
||||
mxml_custom_s</A> mxml_custom_t;</TT></P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlcustomsavecbt.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlelementt.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_5"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlElementSetAttrf">mxmlElementSetAttrf()</A></A> |
||||
</H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set an attribute with a formatted value.</P> |
||||
<P>If the named attribute already exists, the value of the attribute is |
||||
replaced by the new formatted string. The formatted string value is |
||||
copied into the element node. This function does nothing if the node is |
||||
not an element.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlElementSetAttrf( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"> |
||||
mxml_node_t</A> * node, const char * name, const char * format, ...);</TT> |
||||
</P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Element node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of attribute</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>format</TT></TD><TD>Printf-style attribute value</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>...</TT></TD><TD>Additional arguments as needed</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadString.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_19"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlNewCDATA">mxmlNewCDATA()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new CDATA node.</P> |
||||
<P>The new CDATA node is added to the end of the specified parent's |
||||
child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the |
||||
new CDATA node has no parent. The data string must be nul-terminated |
||||
and is copied into the new node. CDATA nodes use the MXML_ELEMENT type.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewCDATA( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* parent, const char * data);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>data</TT></TD><TD>Data string</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_27"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlNewXML">mxmlNewXML()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new XML document tree.</P> |
||||
<P>The "version" argument specifies the version number to put in the |
||||
?xml element node. If NULL, version 1.0 is assumed.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewXML( const char * version);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>version</TT></TD><TD>Version number to use</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New ?xml node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlRemove.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_28"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlRelease">mxmlRelease()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Release a node.</P> |
||||
<P>When the reference count reaches zero, the node (and any children) is |
||||
deleted via mxmlDelete().</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>int |
||||
<BR> mxmlRelease( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
node);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New reference count</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlRemove.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_30"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlRetain">mxmlRetain()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Retain a node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>int |
||||
<BR> mxmlRetain( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
node);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New reference count</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_31"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlSAXLoadFd">mxmlSAXLoadFd()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a file descriptor into an XML node tree using a SAX callback.</P> |
||||
<P>The nodes in the specified file are added to the specified top node. |
||||
If no top node is provided, the XML file MUST be well-formed with a |
||||
single parent node like <?xml> for the entire file. The callback |
||||
function returns the value type that should be used for child nodes. If |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then all child nodes will be either |
||||
MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<P>The SAX callback must call mxmlRetain() for any nodes that need to be |
||||
kept for later use. Otherwise, nodes are deleted when the parent node |
||||
is closed or after each data, comment, CDATA, or directive node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlSAXLoadFd( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* top, int fd, <A href="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t">mxml_load_cb_t</A> |
||||
cb, <A href="mxmlsaxcbt.html#mxml_sax_cb_t">mxml_sax_cb_t</A> sax_cb, |
||||
void * sax_data);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fd</TT></TD><TD>File descriptor to read from</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>cb</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>sax_cb</TT></TD><TD>SAX callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>sax_data</TT></TD><TD>SAX user data</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the file could not be read.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_32"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlSAXLoadFile">mxmlSAXLoadFile()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a file into an XML node tree using a SAX callback.</P> |
||||
<P>The nodes in the specified file are added to the specified top node. |
||||
If no top node is provided, the XML file MUST be well-formed with a |
||||
single parent node like <?xml> for the entire file. The callback |
||||
function returns the value type that should be used for child nodes. If |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then all child nodes will be either |
||||
MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<P>The SAX callback must call mxmlRetain() for any nodes that need to be |
||||
kept for later use. Otherwise, nodes are deleted when the parent node |
||||
is closed or after each data, comment, CDATA, or directive node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlSAXLoadFile( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* top, FILE * fp, <A href="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_load_cb_t</A> cb, <A href="mxmlsaxcbt.html#mxml_sax_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_sax_cb_t</A> sax_cb, void * sax_data);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fp</TT></TD><TD>File to read from</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>cb</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>sax_cb</TT></TD><TD>SAX callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>sax_data</TT></TD><TD>SAX user data</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the file could not be read.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_33"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlSAXLoadString">mxmlSAXLoadString()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a string into an XML node tree using a SAX callback.</P> |
||||
<P>The nodes in the specified string are added to the specified top |
||||
node. If no top node is provided, the XML string MUST be well-formed |
||||
with a single parent node like <?xml> for the entire string. The |
||||
callback function returns the value type that should be used for child |
||||
nodes. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then all child nodes will be |
||||
either MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<P>The SAX callback must call mxmlRetain() for any nodes that need to be |
||||
kept for later use. Otherwise, nodes are deleted when the parent node |
||||
is closed or after each data, comment, CDATA, or directive node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlSAXLoadString( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* top, const char * s, <A href="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_load_cb_t</A> cb, <A href="mxmlsaxcbt.html#mxml_sax_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_sax_cb_t</A> sax_cb, void * sax_data);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>s</TT></TD><TD>String to load</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>cb</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>sax_cb</TT></TD><TD>SAX callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>sax_data</TT></TD><TD>SAX user data</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the string has errors.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveString.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML21mxmlSetCustom.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlSetCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_38"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlSetCDATA">mxmlSetCDATA()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the element name of a CDATA node.</P> |
||||
<P>The node is not changed if it is not a CDATA element node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>int |
||||
<BR> mxmlSetCDATA( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* node, const char * data);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>data</TT></TD><TD>New data string</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlSetCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A NAME="8_3_48"> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 <A name="mxmlSetWrapMargin">mxmlSetWrapMargin()</A></A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the the wrap margin when saving XML data.</P> |
||||
<P>Wrapping is disabled when "column" is <= 0.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlSetWrapMargin( int column);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>column</TT></TD><TD>Column for wrapping</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="TitlesSectionsandIntroductions.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ReleaseNotes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TitlesSectionsandIntroductions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ReleaseNotes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="LICENSE"><IMG align="right" alt="A" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="A.gif" width="100"></A>Mini-XML License</H1> |
||||
<P>The Mini-XML library and included programs are provided under the |
||||
terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) with the |
||||
following exceptions:</P> |
||||
<OL> |
||||
<LI>Static linking of applications to the Mini-XML library does not |
||||
constitute a derivative work and does not require the author to provide |
||||
source code for the application, use the shared Mini-XML libraries, or |
||||
link their applications against a user-supplied version of Mini-XML. |
||||
<P><I>If you link the application to a modified version of Mini-XML, |
||||
then the changes to Mini-XML must be provided under the terms of the |
||||
LGPL in sections 1, 2, and 4.</I></P> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI>You do not have to provide a copy of the Mini-XML license with |
||||
programs that are linked to the Mini-XML library, nor do you have to |
||||
identify the Mini-XML license in your program or documentation as |
||||
required by section 6 of the LGPL.</LI> |
||||
</OL> |
||||
<P align="center"><B>GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE</B></P> |
||||
<P align="center">Version 2, June 1991 |
||||
<BR> Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
||||
<BR> 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA |
||||
<BR> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of |
||||
this license document, but changing it is not allowed. |
||||
<BR> [This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is |
||||
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]</P> |
||||
<P><B>Preamble</B></P> |
||||
<P>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom |
||||
to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses |
||||
are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free |
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.</P> |
||||
<P>This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some |
||||
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any |
||||
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for your |
||||
libraries, too.</P> |
||||
<P>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not |
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you |
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for |
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it |
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in |
||||
new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.</P> |
||||
<P>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid |
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. |
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you |
||||
distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.</P> |
||||
<P>For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis |
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave |
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source |
||||
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide complete |
||||
object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the |
||||
library, after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And |
||||
you must show them these terms so they know their rights.</P> |
||||
<P>Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright the |
||||
library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal |
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.</P> |
||||
<P>Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain that |
||||
everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free library. |
||||
If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its |
||||
recipients to know that what they have is not the original version, so |
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original |
||||
authors' reputations.</P> |
||||
<P>Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software |
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free |
||||
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect |
||||
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, we |
||||
have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free |
||||
use or not licensed at all.</P> |
||||
<P>Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the |
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility |
||||
programs. This license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies |
||||
to certain designated libraries. This license is quite different from |
||||
the ordinary one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that |
||||
anything in it is the same as in the ordinary license.</P> |
||||
<P>The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is |
||||
that they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or |
||||
adding to a program and simply using it. Linking a program with a |
||||
library, without changing the library, is in some sense simply using |
||||
the library, and is analogous to running a utility program or |
||||
application program. However, in a textual and legal sense, the linked |
||||
executable is a combined work, a derivative of the original library, |
||||
and the ordinary General Public License treats it as such.</P> |
||||
<P>Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General |
||||
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software |
||||
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We |
||||
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.</P> |
||||
<P>However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the |
||||
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the |
||||
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended |
||||
to permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while |
||||
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free |
||||
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to |
||||
achieve this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved |
||||
it as regards changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope |
||||
is that this will lead to faster development of free libraries.</P> |
||||
<P>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and |
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a |
||||
"work based on the libary" and a "work that uses the library". The |
||||
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only |
||||
works together with the library.</P> |
||||
<P>Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary |
||||
General Public License rather than by this special one.</P> |
||||
<P align="center"><B>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND |
||||
MODIFICATION</B></P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>0.</STRONG> This License Agreement applies to any software |
||||
library which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other |
||||
authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this |
||||
Library General Public License (also called "this License"). Each |
||||
licensee is addressed as "you".</P> |
||||
<P>A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data |
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs |
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.</P> |
||||
<P>The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work |
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the |
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under |
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a |
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated |
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is |
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)</P> |
||||
<P>"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for |
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means |
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated |
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control |
||||
compilation and installation of the library.</P> |
||||
<P>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not |
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running |
||||
a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a |
||||
program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the |
||||
Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing |
||||
it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the |
||||
program that uses the Library does.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>1.</STRONG> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of |
||||
the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, |
||||
provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy |
||||
an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact |
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any |
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.</P> |
||||
<P>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and |
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>2.</STRONG> You may modify your copy or copies of the Library |
||||
or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and |
||||
copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of |
||||
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<P><STRONG>a)</STRONG> The modified work must itself be a software |
||||
library.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> You must cause the files modified to carry |
||||
prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of |
||||
any change.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>c)</STRONG> You must cause the whole of the work to be |
||||
licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this |
||||
License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>d)</STRONG> If a facility in the modified Library refers to a |
||||
function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program |
||||
that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the |
||||
facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure |
||||
that, in the event an application does not supply such function or |
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its |
||||
purpose remains meaningful.</P> |
||||
<P>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a |
||||
purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. |
||||
Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied |
||||
function or table used by this function must be optional: if the |
||||
application does not supply it, the square root function must still |
||||
compute square roots.)</P> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If |
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, |
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in |
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those |
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you |
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based |
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of |
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the |
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote |
||||
it.</P> |
||||
<P>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest |
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to |
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or |
||||
collective works based on the Library.</P> |
||||
<P>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the |
||||
Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a |
||||
volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other |
||||
work under the scope of this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>3.</STRONG> You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary |
||||
GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of |
||||
the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to |
||||
this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public |
||||
License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version |
||||
than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, |
||||
then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any |
||||
other change in these notices.</P> |
||||
<P>Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that |
||||
copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all |
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.</P> |
||||
<P>This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the |
||||
Library into a program that is not a library.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>4.</STRONG> You may copy and distribute the Library (or a |
||||
portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or |
||||
executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that |
||||
you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable |
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 |
||||
and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.</P> |
||||
<P>If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy |
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the |
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute |
||||
the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy |
||||
the source along with the object code.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>5.</STRONG> A program that contains no derivative of any |
||||
portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by |
||||
being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the |
||||
Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the |
||||
Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License.</P> |
||||
<P>However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library |
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it |
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the |
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section |
||||
6 states terms for distribution of such executables.</P> |
||||
<P>When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file |
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a |
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. |
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be |
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The |
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.</P> |
||||
<P>If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure |
||||
layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten |
||||
lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is |
||||
unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. |
||||
(Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library |
||||
will still fall under Section 6.)</P> |
||||
<P>Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may |
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. |
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether |
||||
or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>6.</STRONG> As an exception to the Sections above, you may |
||||
also compile or link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to |
||||
produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that |
||||
work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit |
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse |
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.</P> |
||||
<P>You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the |
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by |
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work |
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the |
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference |
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one |
||||
of these things:</P> |
||||
<UL><STRONG> a)</STRONG> Accompany the work with the complete |
||||
corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including |
||||
whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under |
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with |
||||
the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that uses the |
||||
Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can |
||||
modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable |
||||
containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who |
||||
changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not |
||||
necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified |
||||
definitions.) |
||||
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> Accompany the work with a written offer, valid |
||||
for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified |
||||
in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of |
||||
performing this distribution.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>c)</STRONG> If distribution of the work is made by offering |
||||
access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy |
||||
the above specified materials from the same place.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>d)</STRONG> Verify that the user has already received a copy |
||||
of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.</P> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the |
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for |
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, |
||||
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally |
||||
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components |
||||
(compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the |
||||
executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the |
||||
executable.</P> |
||||
<P>It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license |
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally |
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot |
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you |
||||
distribute.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>7.</STRONG> You may place library facilities that are a work |
||||
based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with |
||||
other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute |
||||
such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the |
||||
work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is |
||||
otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things:</P> |
||||
<UL><STRONG> a)</STRONG> Accompany the combined library with a copy of |
||||
the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library |
||||
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections |
||||
above. |
||||
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> Give prominent notice with the combined library |
||||
of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and |
||||
explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same |
||||
work.</P> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P><STRONG>8.</STRONG> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, |
||||
or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this |
||||
License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, |
||||
or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate |
||||
your rights under this License. However, parties who have received |
||||
copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their |
||||
licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>9.</STRONG> You are not required to accept this License, |
||||
since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you |
||||
permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. |
||||
These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. |
||||
Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based |
||||
on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, |
||||
and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying |
||||
the Library or works based on it.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>10.</STRONG> Each time you redistribute the Library (or any |
||||
work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a |
||||
license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or |
||||
modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not |
||||
impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the |
||||
rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance |
||||
by third parties to this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>11.</STRONG> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or |
||||
allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited |
||||
to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court |
||||
order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this |
||||
License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If |
||||
you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations |
||||
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a |
||||
consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if |
||||
a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the |
||||
Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through |
||||
you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would |
||||
be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.</P> |
||||
<P>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under |
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to |
||||
apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other |
||||
circumstances.</P> |
||||
<P>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any |
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any |
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the |
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented |
||||
by public license practices. Many people have made generous |
||||
contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that |
||||
system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up |
||||
to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute |
||||
software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that |
||||
choice.</P> |
||||
<P>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to |
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>12.</STRONG> If the distribution and/or use of the Library is |
||||
restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted |
||||
interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under |
||||
this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation |
||||
excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or |
||||
among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License |
||||
incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>13.</STRONG> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised |
||||
and/or new versions of the Library General Public License from time to |
||||
time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present |
||||
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.</P> |
||||
<P>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library |
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any |
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and |
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by |
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license |
||||
version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free |
||||
Software Foundation.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>14.</STRONG> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library |
||||
into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible |
||||
with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software |
||||
which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free |
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our |
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status |
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing |
||||
and reuse of software generally.</P> |
||||
<P align="center"><B>NO WARRANTY</B></P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>15.</STRONG> BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, |
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY |
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT |
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT |
||||
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT |
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A |
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE |
||||
OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU |
||||
ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>16.</STRONG> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR |
||||
AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO |
||||
MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE |
||||
LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL |
||||
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE |
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING |
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A |
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF |
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH |
||||
DAMAGES.</P> |
||||
<P align="center"><B>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</B></P> |
||||
<P><B>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries</B></P> |
||||
<P>If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest |
||||
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that |
||||
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting |
||||
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of |
||||
the ordinary General Public License).</P> |
||||
<P>To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It |
||||
is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most |
||||
effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have |
||||
at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is |
||||
found.</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<P><VAR>one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.</VAR> |
||||
<BR> Copyright (C)<VAR> year</VAR><VAR> name of author</VAR></P> |
||||
<P>This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as |
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the |
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.</P> |
||||
<P>This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but |
||||
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser |
||||
General Public License for more details.</P> |
||||
<P>You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
||||
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software |
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA</P> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper |
||||
mail.</P> |
||||
<P>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or |
||||
your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, |
||||
if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<P>Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the |
||||
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random |
||||
Hacker.</P> |
||||
<P><VAR>signature of Ty Coon</VAR>, 1 April 1990 Ty Coon, President of |
||||
Vice</P> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>That's all there is to it!</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TitlesSectionsandIntroductions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ReleaseNotes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LoadCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="ADVANCED"><IMG align="right" alt="3" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="3.gif" width="100"></A>More Mini-XML Programming |
||||
Techniques</H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter shows additional ways to use the Mini-XML library in |
||||
your programs.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="TheBasics.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CreatingXMLDocuments.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingXMLDocuments.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_2">Nodes</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Every piece of information in an XML file (elements, text, numbers) |
||||
is stored in memory in "nodes". Nodes are defined by the <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"> |
||||
<TT>mxml_node_t</TT></A> structure. The <A href="#mxml_type_t"><TT>type</TT> |
||||
</A> member defines the node type (element, integer, opaque, real, or |
||||
text) which determines which value you want to look at in the <A href="mxmlvaluet.html#mxml_value_t"> |
||||
<TT>value</TT></A> union.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Mini-XML Node Value Members" |
||||
width="80%"><CAPTION align="bottom"><I> Table 2-1: Mini-XML Node Value |
||||
Members</I></CAPTION> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Value</TH><TH>Type</TH><TH>Node member</TH></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD>Custom</TD><TD><TT>void *</TT></TD><TD><TT> |
||||
node->value.custom.data</TT></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD>Element</TD><TD><TT>char *</TT></TD><TD><TT> |
||||
node->value.element.name</TT></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD>Integer</TD><TD><TT>int</TT></TD><TD><TT>node->value.integer</TT> |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD>Opaque (string)</TD><TD><TT>char *</TT></TD><TD><TT> |
||||
node->value.opaque</TT></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD>Real</TD><TD><TT>double</TT></TD><TD><TT>node->value.real</TT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD>Text</TD><TD><TT>char *</TT></TD><TD><TT>node->value.text.string</TT> |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</CENTER> |
||||
<P>Each node also has a <TT>user_data</TT> member which allows you to |
||||
associate application-specific data with each node as needed.</P> |
||||
<P>New nodes are created using the <A href="mxmlNewElement.html#mxmlNewElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlNewElement</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlNewInteger.html#mxmlNewInteger"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlNewInteger</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlNewOpaque.html#mxmlNewOpaque"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewOpaque</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlNewReal.html#mxmlNewReal"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewReal</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlNewText.html#mxmlNewText"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewText</TT></A> <A href="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewTextf</TT></A> <A href="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html#mxmlNewXML"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewXML</TT></A> functions. Only elements can have child nodes, and |
||||
the top node must be an element, usually the <TT><?xml version="1.0"?></TT> |
||||
node created by <TT>mxmlNewXML()</TT>.</P> |
||||
<P>Nodes have pointers to the node above (<TT>parent</TT>), below (<TT> |
||||
child</TT>), left (<TT>prev</TT>), and right (<TT>next</TT>) of the |
||||
current node. If you have an XML file like the following:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<?xml version="1.0"?> |
||||
<data> |
||||
<node>val1</node> |
||||
<node>val2</node> |
||||
<node>val3</node> |
||||
<group> |
||||
<node>val4</node> |
||||
<node>val5</node> |
||||
<node>val6</node> |
||||
</group> |
||||
<node>val7</node> |
||||
<node>val8</node> |
||||
</data> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>the node tree for the file would look like the following in memory:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
?xml |
||||
| |
||||
data |
||||
| |
||||
node - node - node - group - node - node |
||||
| | | | | | |
||||
val1 val2 val3 | val7 val8 |
||||
| |
||||
node - node - node |
||||
| | | |
||||
val4 val5 val6 |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>where "-" is a pointer to the next node and "|" is a pointer to the |
||||
first child node.</P> |
||||
<P>Once you are done with the XML data, use the <A href="mxmlDelete.html#mxmlDelete"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlDelete</TT></A> function to recursively free the memory that is |
||||
used for a particular node or the entire tree:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxmlDelete(tree); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingXMLDocuments.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Abbreviations.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_2">Notation Conventions</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Various font and syntax conventions are used in this guide. Examples |
||||
and their meanings and uses are explained below:</P> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><CODE>lpstat</CODE> |
||||
<BR> <CODE>lpstat(1)</CODE></DT> |
||||
<DD>The names of commands; the first mention of a command or function in |
||||
a chapter is followed by a manual page section number. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT><VAR>/var</VAR> |
||||
<BR><VAR> /usr/share/cups/data/testprint.ps</VAR></DT> |
||||
<DD>File and directory names. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT><TT>Request ID is Printer-123</TT></DT> |
||||
<DD>Screen output. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT><KBD>lp -d printer filename ENTER</KBD></DT> |
||||
<DD>Literal user input; special keys like <KBD>ENTER</KBD> are in ALL |
||||
CAPS. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT>12.3</DT> |
||||
<DD>Numbers in the text are written using the period (.) to indicate the |
||||
decimal point. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Introduction.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="NotationConventions.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Introduction.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_1">Organization of This Document</A></H2> |
||||
<P>This manual is organized into the following chapters and appendices:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 1, "<A href="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html#INSTALL"> |
||||
Building, Installing, and Packaging Mini-XML</A>", provides compilation, |
||||
installation, and packaging instructions for Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 2, "<A href="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html#BASICS">Getting |
||||
Started with Mini-XML</A>", shows how to use the Mini-XML library in |
||||
your programs.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 3, "<A href="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html#ADVANCED"> |
||||
More Mini-XML Programming Techniques</A>", shows additional ways to use |
||||
the Mini-XML library.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 4, "<A href="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html#MXMLDOC">Using the |
||||
mxmldoc Utility</A>", describes how to use the <TT>mxmldoc(1)</TT> |
||||
program to generate software documentation.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Appendix A, "<A href="MiniXMLLicense.html#LICENSE">Mini-XML License</A> |
||||
", provides the terms and conditions for using and distributing |
||||
Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Appendix B, "<A href="ReleaseNotes.html#RELNOTES">Release Notes</A> |
||||
", lists the changes in each release of Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Appendix C, "<A href="LibraryReference.html#REFERENCE">Library |
||||
Reference</A>", contains a complete reference for Mini-XML, generated |
||||
by <TT>mxmldoc</TT>.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Appendix D, "<A href="XMLSchema.html#SCHEMA">XML Schema</A>", shows |
||||
the XML schema used for the XML files produced by <TT>mxmldoc</TT>.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Introduction.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Abbreviations.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LegalStuff.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_4">Other References</A></H2> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT>The Unicode Standard, Version 4.0, Addison-Wesley, ISBN |
||||
0-321-18578-1</DT> |
||||
<DD>The definition of the Unicode character set which is used for XML. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
<DT><A href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/">Extensible |
||||
Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Third Edition)</A></DT> |
||||
<DD>The XML specification from the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 6 --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXMLLicense.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LibraryReference.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXMLLicense.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LibraryReference.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="RELNOTES"><IMG align="right" alt="B" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="B.gif" width="100"></A>Release Notes</H1> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_1">Changes in Mini-XML 2.3</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Added two exceptions to the LGPL to support static linking of |
||||
applications against Mini-XML</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc utility can now generate man pages, too.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a mxmlNewXML() function</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a mxmlElementSetAttrf() function (STR #43)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a snprintf() emulation function for the test program (STR #32)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added the _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE definition when building on VC++ |
||||
2005 (STR #36)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() did not detect missing > characters in elements (STR |
||||
#41)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() did not detect missing close tags at the end of an XML |
||||
document (STR #45)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added user_data and ref_count members to mxml_node_t structure</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added mxmlReleaseNode() and mxmlRetainNode() APIs for |
||||
reference-counted nodes</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added mxmlSetWrapMargin() to control the wrapping of XML output</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added conditional check for EINTR error code for certain Windows |
||||
compilers that do not define it (STR #33)</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc program now generates correct HTML 4.0 output - |
||||
previously it generated invalid XHTML</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc program now supports "@deprecated@, "@private@", and |
||||
"@since version@" comments</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed function and enumeration type bugs in mxmldoc</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed the XML schema for mxmldoc</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc program now supports --intro, --section, and --title |
||||
options</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmlLoad*() functions could leak a node on an error (STR #27)</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxml_vsnprintf() function could get in an infinite loop on a |
||||
buffer overflow (STR #25)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new mxmlNewCDATA() and mxmlSetCDATA() functions to create and |
||||
set CDATA nodes, which are really just special element nodes</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new MXML_IGNORE type and MXML_IGNORE_CB callback to ignore |
||||
non-element nodes, e.g. whitespace</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() did not treat custom data as opaque, so whitespace |
||||
characters would be lost</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_2">Changes in Mini-XML 2.2.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() did not treat custom data as opaque, so whitespace |
||||
characters would be lost.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_3">Changes in Mini-XML 2.2.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadFd(), mxmlLoadFile(), and mxmlLoadString() now correctly |
||||
return NULL on error (STR #21)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlNewInteger(), mxmlNewOpaque(), mxmlNewReal(), mxmlNewText(), and |
||||
mxmlNewTextf() incorrectly required a parent node (STR #22)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed an XML output bug in mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The "make install" target now uses the install command to set the |
||||
proper permissions on UNIX/Linux/OSX.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed a MingW/Cygwin compilation problem (STR #18)</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_4">Changes in Mini-XML 2.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Added shared library support (STR #17)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() now returns an error when an XML stream contains illegal |
||||
control characters (STR #10)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() now returns an error when an element contains two |
||||
attributes with the same name in conformance with the XML spec (STR |
||||
#16)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added support for CDATA (STR #14, STR #15)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Updated comment and processing instruction handling - no entity |
||||
support per XML specification.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added checking for invalid comment termination ("--->" is not |
||||
allowed)</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_5">Changes in Mini-XML 2.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Added support for custom data nodes (STR #6)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Now treat UTF-8 sequences which are longer than necessary as an |
||||
error (STR #4)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed entity number support (STR #8)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed mxmlLoadString() bug with UTF-8 (STR #7)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed entity lookup bug (STR #5)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added mxmlLoadFd() and mxmlSaveFd() functions.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed multi-word UTF-16 handling.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_6">Changes in Mini-XML 2.0</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>New programmers manual.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added Visual C++ project files for Microsoft Windows users.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added optimizations to mxmldoc, mxmlSaveFile(), and mxmlIndexNew() |
||||
(STR #2)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlEntityAddCallback() now returns an integer status (STR #2)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added UTF-16 support (input only; all output is UTF-8)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added index functions to build a searchable index of XML nodes.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added character entity callback interface to support additional |
||||
character entities beyond those defined in the XHTML specification.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added support for XHTML character entities.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc utility now produces XML output which conforms to an |
||||
updated XML schema, described in the file "doc/mxmldoc.xsd".</LI> |
||||
<LI>Changed the whitespace callback interface to return strings instead |
||||
of a single character, allowing for greater control over the formatting |
||||
of XML files written using Mini-XML. THIS CHANGE WILL REQUIRE CHANGES |
||||
TO YOUR 1.x CODE IF YOU USE WHITESPACE CALLBACKS.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc utility now produces XML output which conforms to an |
||||
updated XML schema, described in the file "doc/mxmldoc.xsd".</LI> |
||||
<LI>Changed the whitespace callback interface to return strings instead |
||||
of a single character, allowing for greater control over the formatting |
||||
of XML files written using Mini-XML. THIS CHANGE WILL REQUIRE CHANGES |
||||
TO YOUR 1.x CODE IF YOU USE WHITESPACE CALLBACKS.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc utility is now capable of documenting C++ classes, |
||||
functions, and structures, and correctly handles C++ comments.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new modular tests for mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Updated the mxmldoc output to be more compatible with embedding in |
||||
manuals produced with HTMLDOC.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The makefile incorrectly included a "/" separator between the |
||||
destination path and install path. This caused problems when building |
||||
and installing with MingW.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_7">Changes in Mini-XML 1.3</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Fixes for mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added support for reading standard HTML entity names.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadString/File() did not decode character entities in element |
||||
names, attribute names, or attribute values.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadString/File() would crash when loading non- conformant XML |
||||
data under an existing parent (top) node.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed several bugs in the mxmldoc utility.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new error callback function to catch a variety of errors and |
||||
log them to someplace other than stderr.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmlElementSetAttr() function now allows for NULL attribute |
||||
values.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The load and save functions now properly handle quoted element and |
||||
attribute name strings properly, e.g. for !DOCTYPE declarations.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_8">Changes in Mini-XML 1.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Added new "set" methods to set the value of a node.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new formatted text methods mxmlNewTextf() and mxmlSetTextf() |
||||
to create/set a text node value using printf-style formats.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new standard callbacks for use with the mxmlLoad functions.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Updated the HTML documentation to include examples of the walk and |
||||
load function output.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added --with/without-ansi configure option to control the strdup() |
||||
function check.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added --with/without-snprintf configure option to control the |
||||
snprintf() and vsnprintf() function checks.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_9">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The mxml(3) man page wasn't updated for the string functions.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveString() returned the wrong number of characters.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxml_add_char() updated the buffer pointer in the wrong place.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_10">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The private mxml_add_ch() function did not update the |
||||
start-of-buffer pointer which could cause a crash when using |
||||
mxmlSaveString().</LI> |
||||
<LI>The private mxml_write_ws() function called putc() instead of using |
||||
the proper callback which could cause a crash when using |
||||
mxmlSaveString().</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a mxmlSaveAllocString() convenience function for saving an XML |
||||
node tree to an allocated string.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_11">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The mxmlLoadFile() function now uses dynamically allocated string |
||||
buffers for element names, attribute names, and attribute values. |
||||
Previously they were capped at 16383, 255, and 255 bytes, respectively.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a new mxmlLoadString() function for loading an XML node tree |
||||
from a string.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a new mxmlSaveString() function for saving an XML node tree to |
||||
a string.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Add emulation of strdup() if the local platform does not provide the |
||||
function.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_12">Changes in Mini-XML 1.0</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc program now handles function arguments, structures, |
||||
unions, enumerations, classes, and typedefs properly.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Documentation provided via mxmldoc and more in-line comments in the |
||||
code.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added man pages and packaging files.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_13">Changes in Mini-XML 0.93</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>New mxmldoc example program that is also used to create and update |
||||
code documentation using XML and produce HTML reference pages.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added mxmlAdd() and mxmlRemove() functions to add and remove nodes |
||||
from a tree. This provides more flexibility over where the nodes are |
||||
inserted and allows nodes to be moved within the tree as needed.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadFile() now correctly handles comments.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadFile() now supports the required "gt", "quot", and "nbsp" |
||||
character entities.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() now uses newlines as whitespace when valid to do so.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlFindElement() now also takes attribute name and attribute value |
||||
string arguments to limit the search to specific elements with |
||||
attributes and/or values.</LI> |
||||
NULL pointers can be used as "wildcards". |
||||
<LI>Added uninstall target to makefile, and auto-reconfig if Makefile.in |
||||
or configure.in are changed.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlFindElement(), mxmlWalkNext(), and mxmlWalkPrev() now all |
||||
provide "descend" arguments to control whether they descend into child |
||||
nodes in the tree.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed some whitespace issues in mxmlLoadFile().</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed Unicode output and whitespace issues in mxmlSaveFile().</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() now supports a whitespace callback to provide more |
||||
human-readable XML output under program control.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_14">Changes in Mini-XML 0.92</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() didn't return a value on success.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_15">Changes in Mini-XML 0.91</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlWalkNext() would go into an infinite loop.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_16">Changes in Mini-XML 0.9</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Initial public release.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXMLLicense.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LibraryReference.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Indexing.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_7">SAX (Stream) Loading of Documents</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML supports an implementation of the Simple API for XML (SAX) |
||||
which allows you to load and process an XML document as a stream of |
||||
nodes. Aside from allowing you to process XML documents of any size, |
||||
the Mini-XML implementation also allows you to retain portions of the |
||||
document in memory for later processing.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="#mxmlSAXLoad"><TT>mxmlSAXLoadFd</TT></A>, <A href="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html#mxmlSAXLoadFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSAXLoadFile</TT></A>, and <A href="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html#mxmlSAXLoadString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSAXLoadString</TT></A> functions provide the SAX loading APIs. |
||||
Each function works like the corresponding <TT>mxmlLoad</TT> function |
||||
but uses a callback to process each node as it is read.</P> |
||||
<P>The callback function receives the node, an event code, and a user |
||||
data pointer you supply:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
sax_cb(mxml_node_t *node, |
||||
mxml_sax_event_t event, |
||||
void *data) |
||||
{ |
||||
... do something ... |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The event will be one of the following:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_SAX_CDATA</TT> - CDATA was just read</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_SAX_COMMENT</TT> - A comment was just read</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_SAX_DATA</TT> - Data (custom, integer, opaque, real, or |
||||
text) was just read</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_SAX_DIRECTIVE</TT> - A processing directive was just read</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_SAX_ELEMENT_CLOSE</TT> - An open element was just read (<TT> |
||||
<element></TT>)</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_SAX_ELEMENT_OPEN</TT> - A close element was just read (<TT> |
||||
</element></TT>)</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>Elements are<EM> released</EM> after the close element is processed. |
||||
All other nodes are released after they are processed. The SAX callback |
||||
can<EM> retain</EM> the node using the <A href="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html#mxmlRetain"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlRetain</TT></A> function. For example, the following SAX |
||||
callback will retain all nodes, effectively simulating a normal |
||||
in-memory load:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
sax_cb(mxml_node_t *node, |
||||
mxml_sax_event_t event, |
||||
void *data) |
||||
{ |
||||
if (event != MXML_SAX_ELEMENT_CLOSE) |
||||
mxmlRetain(node); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>More typically the SAX callback will only retain a small portion of |
||||
the document that is needed for post-processing. For example, the |
||||
following SAX callback will retain the title and headings in an XHTML |
||||
file. It also retains the (parent) elements like <TT><html></TT>, <TT> |
||||
<head></TT>, and <TT><body></TT>, and processing directives like <TT> |
||||
<?xml ... ?></TT> and <TT><!DOCTYPE ... ></TT>:</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
sax_cb(mxml_node_t *node, |
||||
mxml_sax_event_t event, |
||||
void *data) |
||||
{ |
||||
if (event == MXML_SAX_ELEMENT_OPEN) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Retain headings and titles... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
char *name = node->value.element.name; |
||||
|
||||
if (!strcmp(name, "html") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "head") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "title") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "body") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h1") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h2") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h3") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h4") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h5") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h6")) |
||||
mxmlRetain(node); |
||||
} |
||||
else if (event == MXML_SAX_DIRECTIVE) |
||||
mxmlRetain(node); |
||||
else if (event == MXML_SAX_DATA && |
||||
node->parent->ref_count > 1) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* If the parent was retained, then retain |
||||
* this data node as well. |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
mxmlRetain(node); |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The resulting skeleton document tree can then be searched just like |
||||
one loaded using the <TT>mxmlLoad</TT> functions. For example, a filter |
||||
that reads an XHTML document from stdin and then shows the title and |
||||
headings in the document would look like:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxml_node_t *doc, *title, *body, *heading; |
||||
|
||||
doc = mxmlSAXLoadFd(NULL, 0, |
||||
MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK, |
||||
<B>sax_cb</B>, NULL); |
||||
|
||||
title = mxmlFindElement(doc, doc, "title", |
||||
NULL, NULL, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
if (title) |
||||
print_children(title); |
||||
|
||||
body = mxmlFindElement(doc, doc, "body", |
||||
NULL, NULL, |
||||
MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
if (body) |
||||
{ |
||||
for (heading = body->child; |
||||
heading; |
||||
heading = heading->next) |
||||
print_children(heading); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LoadCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CustomDataTypes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="SAVE_CALLBACKS">Save Callbacks</A></H2> |
||||
<P><A href="#LOAD_XML">Chapter 2</A> also introduced the <A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT></A> functions. The last argument to these |
||||
functions is a callback function which is used to automatically insert |
||||
whitespace in an XML document.</P> |
||||
<P>Your callback function will be called up to four times for each |
||||
element node with a pointer to the node and a "where" value of <TT> |
||||
MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN</TT>, <TT>MXML_WS_AFTER_OPEN</TT>, <TT> |
||||
MXML_WS_BEFORE_CLOSE</TT>, or <TT>MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE</TT>. The callback |
||||
function should return <TT>NULL</TT> if no whitespace should be added |
||||
and the string to insert (spaces, tabs, carriage returns, and newlines) |
||||
otherwise.</P> |
||||
<P>The following whitespace callback can be used to add whitespace to |
||||
XHTML output to make it more readable in a standard text editor:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
const char * |
||||
whitespace_cb(mxml_node_t *node, |
||||
int where) |
||||
{ |
||||
const char *name; |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* We can conditionally break to a new line |
||||
* before or after any element. These are |
||||
* just common HTML elements... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
name = node->value.element.name; |
||||
|
||||
if (!strcmp(name, "html") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "head") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "body") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "pre") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "p") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h1") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h2") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h3") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h4") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h5") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h6")) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Newlines before open and after |
||||
* close... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (where == MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN || |
||||
where == MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE) |
||||
return ("\n"); |
||||
} |
||||
else if (!strcmp(name, "dl") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "ol") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "ul")) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Put a newline before and after list |
||||
* elements... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
return ("\n"); |
||||
} |
||||
else if (!strcmp(name, "dd") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "dt") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "li")) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Put a tab before <li>'s, * <dd>'s, |
||||
* and <dt>'s, and a newline after them... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (where == MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN) |
||||
return ("\t"); |
||||
else if (where == MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE) |
||||
return ("\n"); |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Return NULL for no added whitespace... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
return (NULL); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>To use this callback function, simply use the name when you call any |
||||
of the save functions:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
mxml_node_t *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "w"); |
||||
mxmlSaveFile(tree, fp, <B>whitespace_cb</B>); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 10 --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LoadingXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ControllingLineWrapping.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ControllingLineWrapping.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_5">Saving XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>You save an XML file using the <A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveFile</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
mxml_node_t *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "w"); |
||||
mxmlSaveFile(tree, fp, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first argument is the XML node tree to save. It should normally |
||||
be a pointer to the top-level <TT>?xml</TT> node in your XML document.</P> |
||||
<P>The second argument is the stdio file to write to, as opened by <TT> |
||||
fopen()</TT> or <TT>popen()</TT>. You can also use <TT>stdout</TT> if |
||||
you are implementing an XML filter program.</P> |
||||
<P>The third argument is the whitespace callback to use when saving the |
||||
file. Whitespace callbacks are covered in detail in <A href="SAVE_CALLBACKS"> |
||||
Chapter 3</A>. The previous example code uses the <TT>MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TT> |
||||
constant to specify that no special whitespace handling is required.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSaveAllocString</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveString</TT></A> functions save XML node trees to strings:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char buffer[8192]; |
||||
char *ptr; |
||||
mxml_node_t *tree; |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
mxmlSaveString(tree, buffer, sizeof(buffer), |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
ptr = mxmlSaveAllocString(tree, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first and last arguments are the same as used for <TT> |
||||
mxmlSaveFile()</TT>. The <TT>mxmlSaveString</TT> function takes pointer |
||||
and size arguments for saving the XML document to a fixed-size buffer, |
||||
while <TT>mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT> returns a string buffer that was |
||||
allocated using <TT>malloc()</TT>.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ControllingLineWrapping.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlattrs.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2 class="title"><A name="STRUCTURES">Structures</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlattrs.html#mxml_attr_s"><TT>mxml_attr_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML21mxmlcustoms.html#mxml_custom_s"><TT>mxml_custom_s</TT> |
||||
</A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlelements.html#mxml_element_s"><TT>mxml_element_s</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlindexs.html#mxml_index_s"><TT>mxml_index_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlnodes.html#mxml_node_s"><TT>mxml_node_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmltexts.html#mxml_text_s"><TT>mxml_text_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Nodes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_1">The Basics</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML provides a single header file which you include:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
#include <mxml.h> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The Mini-XML library is included with your program using the <KBD> |
||||
-lmxml</KBD> option:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>gcc -o myprogram myprogram.c -lmxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>If you have the <TT>pkg-config(1)</TT> software installed, you can |
||||
use it to determine the proper compiler and linker options for your |
||||
installation:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>pkg-config --cflags mxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||
<KBD>pkg-config --libs mxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CommentingYourCode.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CommentingYourCode.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="5_1">The Basics</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Originally developed to generate the Mini-XML and CUPS API |
||||
documentation, <TT>mxmldoc</TT> is now a general-purpose utility which |
||||
scans C and C++ source files to produce HTML and man page documentation |
||||
along with an XML file representing the functions, types, and |
||||
definitions in those source files. Unlike popular documentation |
||||
generators like Doxygen or Javadoc, <TT>mxmldoc</TT> uses in-line |
||||
comments rather than comment headers, allowing for more "natural" code |
||||
documentation.</P> |
||||
<P>By default, <TT>mxmldoc</TT> produces HTML documentation. For |
||||
example, the following command will scan all of the C source and header |
||||
files in the current directory and produce a HTML documentation file |
||||
called<VAR> filename.html</VAR>:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc *.h *.c >filename.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>You can also specify an XML file to create which contains all of the |
||||
information from the source files. For example, the following command |
||||
creates an XML file called<VAR> filename.xml</VAR> in addition to the |
||||
HTML file:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc filename.xml *.h *.c >filename.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <TT>--no-output</TT> option disables the normal HTML output:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc --no-output filename.xml *.h *.c ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>You can then run <TT>mxmldoc</TT> again with the XML file alone to |
||||
generate the HTML documentation:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc filename.xml >filename.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <TT>--man filename</TT> option tells <TT>mxmldoc</TT> to create a |
||||
man page instead of HTML documentation, for example:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc --man filename filename.xml \ |
||||
>filename.man ENTER</KBD> |
||||
|
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc --man filename *.h *.c \ |
||||
>filename.man ENTER</KBD> |
||||
|
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc --man filename filename.xml *.h *.c \ |
||||
>filename.man ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CommentingYourCode.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CommentingYourCode.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXMLLicense.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CommentingYourCode.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXMLLicense.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="5_3">Titles, Sections, and Introductions</A></H2> |
||||
<P><TT>Mxmldoc</TT> also provides options to set the title, section, and |
||||
introduction text for the generated documentation. The <TT>--title text</TT> |
||||
option specifies the title for the documentation. The title string is |
||||
usually put in quotes:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc filename.xml \ |
||||
--title "My Famous Documentation" \ |
||||
>filename.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <TT>--section name</TT> option specifies the section for the |
||||
documentation. For HTML documentation, the name is placed in a HTML |
||||
comment such as:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<!-- SECTION: name --> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>For man pages, the section name is usually just a number ("3"), or a |
||||
number followed by a vendor name ("3acme"). The section name is used in |
||||
the <TT>.TH</TT> directive in the man page:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
.TH mylibrary 3acme "My Title" ... |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The default section name for man page output is "3". There is no |
||||
default section name for HTML output.</P> |
||||
<P>Finally, the <TT>--intro filename</TT> option specifies a file to |
||||
embed after the title and section but before the generated |
||||
documentation. For HTML documentation, the file must consist of valid |
||||
HTML without the usual <TT>DOCTYPE</TT>, <TT>html</TT>, and <TT>body</TT> |
||||
elements. For man page documentation, the file must consist of valid <TT> |
||||
nroff(1)</TT> text.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CommentingYourCode.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXMLLicense.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmltexts.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlattrt.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltexts.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2 class="title"><A name="TYPES">Types</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlattrt.html#mxml_attr_t"><TT>mxml_attr_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlcustomdestroycbt.html#mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t"><TT> |
||||
mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlcustomloadcbt.html#mxml_custom_load_cb_t"><TT> |
||||
mxml_custom_load_cb_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlcustomsavecbt.html#mxml_custom_save_cb_t"><TT> |
||||
mxml_custom_save_cb_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="MiniXML21mxmlcustomt.html#mxml_custom_t"><TT>mxml_custom_t</TT> |
||||
</A> |
||||
<!--span class='info'--> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.1 </LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlelementt.html#mxml_element_t"><TT>mxml_element_t</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlerrorcbt.html#mxml_error_cb_t"><TT>mxml_error_cb_t</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t"><TT>mxml_index_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t"><TT>mxml_load_cb_t</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"><TT>mxml_node_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlsavecbt.html#mxml_save_cb_t"><TT>mxml_save_cb_t</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlsaxcbt.html#mxml_sax_cb_t"><TT>mxml_sax_cb_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlsaxeventt.html#mxml_sax_event_t"><TT>mxml_sax_event_t</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmltextt.html#mxml_text_t"><TT>mxml_text_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlvaluet.html#mxml_value_t"><TT>mxml_value_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltexts.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvaluet.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlvalueu.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvaluet.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2 class="title"><A name="UNIONS">Unions</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlvalueu.html#mxml_value_u"><TT>mxml_value_u</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvaluet.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="SAXStreamLoadingofDocuments.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="TheBasics1.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SAXStreamLoadingofDocuments.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="MXMLDOC"><IMG align="right" alt="4" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="4.gif" width="100"></A>Using the mxmldoc Utility</H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter describes how to use <TT>mxmldoc(1)</TT> program to |
||||
automatically generate documentation from C and C++ source files.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SAXStreamLoadingofDocuments.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvalueu.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
|
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="SCHEMA"><IMG align="right" alt="D" height="100" |
||||
hspace="10" src="D.gif" width="100"></A>XML Schema</H1> |
||||
<P>This appendix provides the XML schema that is used for the XML files |
||||
produced by <TT>mxmldoc</TT>. This schema is available on-line at:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
http://www.easysw.com/~mike/mxmldoc.xsd |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="9_1">mxmldoc.xsd</A></H2> |
||||
<PRE><SMALL> |
||||
<?xml version="1.0"?> |
||||
<xsd:schema xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> |
||||
<xsd:annotation> |
||||
<xsd:documentation xml:lang="en"> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.3 documentation schema for mxmldoc output. |
||||
Copyright 2003-2007 by Michael Sweet. |
||||
</xsd:documentation> |
||||
</xsd:annotation> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- basic element definitions --> |
||||
<xsd:element name="argument" type="argumentType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="class" type="classType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="constant" type="constantType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="description" type="xsd:string"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="enumeration" type="enumerationType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="function" type="functionType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="mxmldoc" type="mxmldocType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="namespace" type="namespaceType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="returnvalue" type="returnvalueType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="seealso" type="identifierList"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="struct" type="structType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="typedef" type="typedefType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="type" type="xsd:string"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="union" type="unionType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="variable" type="variableType"/> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- descriptions of complex elements --> |
||||
<xsd:complexType name="argumentType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="default" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="direction" type="direction" use="optional" |
||||
default="I"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="classType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="parent" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="constantType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="enumerationType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="constant" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="functionType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="returnvalue" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="argument" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="seealso" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="scope" type="scope" use="optional"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="mxmldocType"> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="namespace"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="namespaceType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="returnvalueType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="structType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="typedefType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="unionType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="variableType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- data types --> |
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="direction"> |
||||
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="I"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="O"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="IO"/> |
||||
</xsd:restriction> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="identifier"> |
||||
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||
<xsd:pattern value="[a-zA-Z_(.]([a-zA-Z_(.,)* 0-9])*"/> |
||||
</xsd:restriction> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="identifierList"> |
||||
<xsd:list itemType="identifier"/> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="scope"> |
||||
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value=""/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="private"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="protected"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="public"/> |
||||
</xsd:restriction> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
</xsd:schema> |
||||
</SMALL></PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Previous</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<H1 ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="CONTENTS">Table of Contents</A></H1> |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR><B><A HREF="Introduction.html#INTRO">Introduction</A></B> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html#1_1">Organization of This |
||||
Document</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="NotationConventions.html#1_2">Notation Conventions</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Abbreviations.html#1_3">Abbreviations</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="OtherReferences.html#1_4">Other References</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="LegalStuff.html#1_5">Legal Stuff</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B><A HREF="BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html#INSTALL"> |
||||
Building, Installing, and Packaging Mini-XML</A></B> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html#2_1">Compiling Mini-XML</A> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="CompilingwithVisualC.html#2_1_1">Compiling with Visual C++</A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="CompilingwithCommandLineTools.html#2_1_2">Compiling with |
||||
Command-Line Tools</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html#2_2">Installing Mini-XML</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html#2_3">Creating Mini-XML |
||||
Packages</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B><A HREF="GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html#BASICS">Getting Started with |
||||
Mini-XML</A></B> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="TheBasics.html#3_1">The Basics</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Nodes.html#3_2">Nodes</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="CreatingXMLDocuments.html#3_3">Creating XML Documents</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="LoadingXML.html#3_4">Loading XML</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="SavingXML.html#3_5">Saving XML</A> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="ControllingLineWrapping.html#3_5_1">Controlling Line |
||||
Wrapping</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html#3_6">Finding and Iterating |
||||
Nodes</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B><A HREF="MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html#ADVANCED">More |
||||
Mini-XML Programming Techniques</A></B> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html#LOAD_CALLBACKS">Load Callbacks</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html#SAVE_CALLBACKS">Save Callbacks</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html#4_3">Custom Data Types</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html#4_4">Changing Node Values</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="FormattedText.html#4_5">Formatted Text</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Indexing.html#4_6">Indexing</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="SAXStreamLoadingofDocuments.html#4_7">SAX (Stream) Loading |
||||
of Documents</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B><A HREF="UsingthemxmldocUtility.html#MXMLDOC">Using the mxmldoc |
||||
Utility</A></B> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="TheBasics1.html#5_1">The Basics</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="CommentingYourCode.html#5_2">Commenting Your Code</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="TitlesSectionsandIntroductions.html#5_3">Titles, Sections, |
||||
and Introductions</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B><A HREF="MiniXMLLicense.html#LICENSE">Mini-XML License</A></B> |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR><B><A HREF="ReleaseNotes.html#RELNOTES">Release Notes</A></B> |
||||
<UL></UL> |
||||
<B><A HREF="LibraryReference.html#REFERENCE">Library Reference</A></B> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Contents.html#8_1">Contents</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Enumerations.html#ENUMERATIONS">Enumerations</A> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlsaxevente.html#mxml_sax_event_e">mxml_sax_event_e</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmltypee.html#mxml_type_e">mxml_type_e</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Functions.html#FUNCTIONS">Functions</A> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlAdd.html#mxmlAdd">mxmlAdd()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlDelete.html#mxmlDelete">mxmlDelete()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html#mxmlElementGetAttr"> |
||||
mxmlElementGetAttr()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html#mxmlElementSetAttr"> |
||||
mxmlElementSetAttr()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html#8_3_5"> |
||||
mxmlElementSetAttrf()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html#mxmlEntityAddCallback"> |
||||
mxmlEntityAddCallback()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html#mxmlEntityGetName"> |
||||
mxmlEntityGetName()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html#mxmlEntityGetValue"> |
||||
mxmlEntityGetValue()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html#mxmlEntityRemoveCallback"> |
||||
mxmlEntityRemoveCallback()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html#mxmlIndexDelete">mxmlIndexDelete()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum">mxmlIndexEnum()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind">mxmlIndexFind()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html#mxmlIndexNew">mxmlIndexNew()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset">mxmlIndexReset()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html#mxmlLoadFd">mxmlLoadFd()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString">mxmlLoadString()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html#8_3_19">mxmlNewCDATA()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html#8_3_20">mxmlNewCustom()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html#mxmlNewElement">mxmlNewElement()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html#mxmlNewInteger">mxmlNewInteger()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html#mxmlNewOpaque">mxmlNewOpaque()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html#mxmlNewReal">mxmlNewReal()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlNewText.html#mxmlNewText">mxmlNewText()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf">mxmlNewTextf()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html#8_3_27">mxmlNewXML()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html#8_3_28">mxmlRelease()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlRemove.html#mxmlRemove">mxmlRemove()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html#8_3_30">mxmlRetain()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFd.html#8_3_31">mxmlSAXLoadFd()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadFile.html#8_3_32">mxmlSAXLoadFile()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html#8_3_33">mxmlSAXLoadString()</A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"> |
||||
mxmlSaveAllocString()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html#mxmlSaveFd">mxmlSaveFd()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile">mxmlSaveFile()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString">mxmlSaveString()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSetCDATA.html#8_3_38">mxmlSetCDATA()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlSetCustom.html#8_3_39">mxmlSetCustom()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html#mxmlSetCustomHandlers"> |
||||
mxmlSetCustomHandlers()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html#mxmlSetElement">mxmlSetElement()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html#mxmlSetErrorCallback"> |
||||
mxmlSetErrorCallback()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html#mxmlSetInteger">mxmlSetInteger()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html#mxmlSetOpaque">mxmlSetOpaque()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html#mxmlSetReal">mxmlSetReal()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetText.html#mxmlSetText">mxmlSetText()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html#mxmlSetTextf">mxmlSetTextf()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSetWrapMargin.html#8_3_48">mxmlSetWrapMargin()</A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html#mxmlWalkNext">mxmlWalkNext()</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html#mxmlWalkPrev">mxmlWalkPrev()</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Structures.html#STRUCTURES">Structures</A> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlattrs.html#mxml_attr_s">mxml_attr_s</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlcustoms.html#8_4_2">mxml_custom_s</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlelements.html#mxml_element_s">mxml_element_s</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlindexs.html#mxml_index_s">mxml_index_s</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlnodes.html#mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmltexts.html#mxml_text_s">mxml_text_s</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Types.html#TYPES">Types</A> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlattrt.html#mxml_attr_t">mxml_attr_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlcustomdestroycbt.html#mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_custom_destroy_cb_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlcustomloadcbt.html#mxml_custom_load_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_custom_load_cb_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlcustomsavecbt.html#mxml_custom_save_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_custom_save_cb_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlcustomt.html#8_5_5">mxml_custom_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlelementt.html#mxml_element_t">mxml_element_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlerrorcbt.html#mxml_error_cb_t">mxml_error_cb_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t">mxml_load_cb_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlsavecbt.html#mxml_save_cb_t">mxml_save_cb_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlsaxcbt.html#mxml_sax_cb_t">mxml_sax_cb_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlsaxeventt.html#mxml_sax_event_t">mxml_sax_event_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmltextt.html#mxml_text_t">mxml_text_t</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlvaluet.html#mxml_value_t">mxml_value_t</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="Unions.html#UNIONS">Unions</A> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html#mxml_value_u">mxml_value_u</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B><A HREF="XMLSchema.html#SCHEMA">XML Schema</A></B> |
||||
<UL></UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Functions.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlDelete.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Functions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlAdd">mxmlAdd()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Add a node to a tree.</P> |
||||
<P>Adds the specified node to the parent. If the child argument is not |
||||
NULL, puts the new node before or after the specified child depending |
||||
on the value of the where argument. If the child argument is NULL, puts |
||||
the new node at the beginning of the child list (MXML_ADD_BEFORE) or at |
||||
the end of the child list (MXML_ADD_AFTER). The constant |
||||
MXML_ADD_TO_PARENT can be used to specify a NULL child pointer.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlAdd( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
parent, int where, <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* child, <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node);</TT> |
||||
</P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>where</TT></TD><TD>Where to add, MXML_ADD_BEFORE or |
||||
MXML_ADD_AFTER</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>child</TT></TD><TD>Child node for where or |
||||
MXML_ADD_TO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to add</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Functions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlAdd.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlDelete">mxmlDelete()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Delete a node and all of its children.</P> |
||||
<P>If the specified node has a parent, this function first removes the |
||||
node from its parent using the mxmlRemove() function.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlDelete( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
node);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to delete</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlDelete.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlElementGetAttr">mxmlElementGetAttr()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Get an attribute.</P> |
||||
<P>This function returns NULL if the node is not an element or the named |
||||
attribute does not exist.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>const char * |
||||
<BR> mxmlElementGetAttr( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"> |
||||
mxml_node_t</A> * node, const char * name);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Element node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of attribute</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Attribute value or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlElementSetAttr">mxmlElementSetAttr()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set an attribute.</P> |
||||
<P>If the named attribute already exists, the value of the attribute is |
||||
replaced by the new string value. The string value is copied into the |
||||
element node. This function does nothing if the node is not an element.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlElementSetAttr( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"> |
||||
mxml_node_t</A> * node, const char * name, const char * value);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Element node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of attribute</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlEntityAddCallback"> |
||||
mxmlEntityAddCallback()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Add a callback to convert entities to Unicode.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>int |
||||
<BR> mxmlEntityAddCallback(void);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P>None.</P> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlElementSetAttrf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlEntityGetName">mxmlEntityGetName()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Get the name that corresponds to the character value.</P> |
||||
<P>If val does not need to be represented by a named entity, NULL is |
||||
returned.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>const char * |
||||
<BR> mxmlEntityGetName( int val);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>val</TT></TD><TD>Character value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Entity name or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlEntityGetValue">mxmlEntityGetValue()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Get the character corresponding to a named entity.</P> |
||||
<P>The entity name can also be a numeric constant. -1 is returned if the |
||||
name is not known.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>int |
||||
<BR> mxmlEntityGetValue( const char * name);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Entity name</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Character value or -1 on error</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlFindElement.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback"> |
||||
mxmlEntityRemoveCallback()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Remove a callback.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlEntityRemoveCallback(void);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P>None.</P> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Find the named element.</P> |
||||
<P>The search is constrained by the name, attribute name, and value; any |
||||
NULL names or values are treated as wildcards, so different kinds of |
||||
searches can be implemented by looking for all elements of a given name |
||||
or all elements with a specific attribute. The descend argument |
||||
determines whether the search descends into child nodes; normally you |
||||
will use MXML_DESCEND_FIRST for the initial search and MXML_NO_DESCEND |
||||
to find additional direct descendents of the node. The top node |
||||
argument constrains the search to a particular node's children.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlFindElement( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* node, <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||
const char * name, const char * attr, const char * value, int descend);</TT> |
||||
</P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Current node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Element name or NULL for any</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>attr</TT></TD><TD>Attribute name, or NULL for none</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value, or NULL for any</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>descend</TT></TD><TD>Descend into tree - MXML_DESCEND, |
||||
MXML_NO_DESCEND, or MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Element node or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlFindElement.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlIndexDelete">mxmlIndexDelete()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Delete an index.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlIndexDelete( <A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t"> |
||||
mxml_index_t</A> * ind);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to delete</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlIndexEnum">mxmlIndexEnum()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Return the next node in the index.</P> |
||||
<P>Nodes are returned in the sorted order of the index.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlIndexEnum( <A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> |
||||
* ind);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to enumerate</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Next node or NULL if there is none</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlIndexFind">mxmlIndexFind()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Find the next matching node.</P> |
||||
<P>You should call mxmlIndexReset() prior to using this function for the |
||||
first time with a particular set of "element" and "value" strings. |
||||
Passing NULL for both "element" and "value" is equivalent to calling |
||||
mxmlIndexEnum().</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlIndexFind( <A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> |
||||
* ind, const char * element, const char * value);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to search</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>element</TT></TD><TD>Element name to find, if any</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value, if any</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Node or NULL if none found</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlIndexNew">mxmlIndexNew()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new index.</P> |
||||
<P>The index will contain all nodes that contain the named element |
||||
and/or attribute. If both "element" and "attr" are NULL, then the index |
||||
will contain a sorted list of the elements in the node tree. Nodes are |
||||
sorted by element name and optionally by attribute value if the "attr" |
||||
argument is not NULL.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlIndexNew( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* node, const char * element, const char * attr);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>XML node tree</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>element</TT></TD><TD>Element to index or NULL for all</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>attr</TT></TD><TD>Attribute to index or NULL for none</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New index</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlIndexReset">mxmlIndexReset()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Reset the enumeration/find pointer in the index and return the first |
||||
node in the index.</P> |
||||
<P>This function should be called prior to using mxmlIndexEnum() or |
||||
mxmlIndexFind() for the first time.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlIndexReset( <A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> |
||||
* ind);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to reset</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if there is none</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlLoadFd">mxmlLoadFd()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a file descriptor into an XML node tree.</P> |
||||
<P>The nodes in the specified file are added to the specified top node. |
||||
If no top node is provided, the XML file MUST be well-formed with a |
||||
single parent node like <?xml> for the entire file. The callback |
||||
function returns the value type that should be used for child nodes. If |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then all child nodes will be either |
||||
MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlLoadFd( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
top, int fd, <A href="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t">mxml_load_cb_t</A> |
||||
cb);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fd</TT></TD><TD>File descriptor to read from</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>cb</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the file could not be read.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadString.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a file into an XML node tree.</P> |
||||
<P>The nodes in the specified file are added to the specified top node. |
||||
If no top node is provided, the XML file MUST be well-formed with a |
||||
single parent node like <?xml> for the entire file. The callback |
||||
function returns the value type that should be used for child nodes. If |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then all child nodes will be either |
||||
MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlLoadFile( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* top, FILE * fp, <A href="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_load_cb_t</A> cb);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fp</TT></TD><TD>File to read from</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>cb</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the file could not be read.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlLoadString">mxmlLoadString()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a string into an XML node tree.</P> |
||||
<P>The nodes in the specified string are added to the specified top |
||||
node. If no top node is provided, the XML string MUST be well-formed |
||||
with a single parent node like <?xml> for the entire string. The |
||||
callback function returns the value type that should be used for child |
||||
nodes. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then all child nodes will be |
||||
either MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlLoadString( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* top, const char * s, <A href="mxmlloadcbt.html#mxml_load_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_load_cb_t</A> cb);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>s</TT></TD><TD>String to load</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>cb</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the string has errors.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewCDATA.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlNewElement">mxmlNewElement()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new element node.</P> |
||||
<P>The new element node is added to the end of the specified parent's |
||||
child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the |
||||
new element node has no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewElement( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* parent, const char * name);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of element</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML21mxmlNewCustom.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewElement.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlNewInteger">mxmlNewInteger()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new integer node.</P> |
||||
<P>The new integer node is added to the end of the specified parent's |
||||
child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the |
||||
new integer node has no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewInteger( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* parent, int integer);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>integer</TT></TD><TD>Integer value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewReal.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlNewOpaque">mxmlNewOpaque()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new opaque string.</P> |
||||
<P>The new opaque node is added to the end of the specified parent's |
||||
child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the |
||||
new opaque node has no parent. The opaque string must be nul-terminated |
||||
and is copied into the new node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewOpaque( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* parent, const char * opaque);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>opaque</TT></TD><TD>Opaque string</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewText.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlNewReal">mxmlNewReal()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new real number node.</P> |
||||
<P>The new real number node is added to the end of the specified |
||||
parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify |
||||
that the new real number node has no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewReal( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
parent, double real);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>real</TT></TD><TD>Real number value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewReal.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlNewText">mxmlNewText()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new text fragment node.</P> |
||||
<P>The new text node is added to the end of the specified parent's child |
||||
list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the new |
||||
text node has no parent. The whitespace parameter is used to specify |
||||
whether leading whitespace is present before the node. The text string |
||||
must be nul-terminated and is copied into the new node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewText( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
parent, int whitespace, const char * string);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>string</TT></TD><TD>String</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewText.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlNewTextf">mxmlNewTextf()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new formatted text fragment node.</P> |
||||
<P>The new text node is added to the end of the specified parent's child |
||||
list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the new |
||||
text node has no parent. The whitespace parameter is used to specify |
||||
whether leading whitespace is present before the node. The format |
||||
string must be nul-terminated and is formatted into the new node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
<BR> mxmlNewTextf( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> |
||||
* parent, int whitespace, const char * format, ...);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>format</TT></TD><TD>Printf-style frmat string</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>...</TT></TD><TD>Additional args as needed</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlNewXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlRemove">mxmlRemove()</A></H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Remove a node from its parent.</P> |
||||
<P>Does not free memory used by the node - use mxmlDelete() for that. |
||||
This function does nothing if the node has no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>void |
||||
<BR> mxmlRemove( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
node);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to remove</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRelease.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlRetain.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.3</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael R. Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2007"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
A { text-decoration: none } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3 class="title"><A name="mxmlSaveAllocString">mxmlSaveAllocString()</A> |
||||
</H3> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Save an XML node tree to an allocated string.</P> |
||||
<P>This function returns a pointer to a string containing the textual |
||||
representation of the XML node tree. The string should be freed using |
||||
the free() function when you are done with it. NULL is returned if the |
||||
node would produce an empty string or if the string cannot be |
||||
allocated.</P> |
||||
<P>The callback argument specifies a function that returns a whitespace |
||||
string or NULL before and after each element. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is |
||||
specified, whitespace will only be added before MXML_TEXT nodes with |
||||
leading whitespace and before attribute names inside opening element |
||||
tags.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<P> <TT>char * |
||||
<BR> mxmlSaveAllocString( <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"> |
||||
mxml_node_t</A> * node, <A href="mxmlsavecbt.html#mxml_save_cb_t"> |
||||
mxml_save_cb_t</A> cb);</TT></P> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<DIV class="table"> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="Arguments" |
||||
width="80%"><THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>cb</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DIV> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Allocated string or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="index.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="MiniXML23mxmlSAXLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in new issue